1003 products

MCK Series Welding Clamp Cylinder

MCK Series Welding Clamp Cylinder

  • Product Features
  • Specifications
  • Stroke Specs
  • Ordering Code

Features

  • Welding Environment Ready: Suitable for automotive welding workshop environments.
  • Heavy Duty Scraper: The front cover is equipped with a stainless steel scraper ring, which is sturdy and durable. It effectively resists dust and flying welding spatter, protecting the cylinder better than dust boots.
  • Anti-Interference: In strong magnetic field environments, anti-interference type sensors should be selected.
  • Versatile Ports: Three sides have optional intake/exhaust ports; built-in cushion adjustment and speed control adjustment (for applicable sizes).
  • Sensor Options: Various sensor types are available for selection.

Specifications

Bore Size (mm) 25 32 40 50 63 80
Acting Type Double Acting
Fluid Air (filtered by 40μm filter element)
Operating Pressure 0.15~1.0MPa (22~145psi)
Proof Pressure 1.5MPa (215psi)
Temperature (°C) -20~70
Speed Range 50~500 mm/s
Cushion Type Pad Cushion Rear Air Cushion + Front Cushion (Optional)
Flow Control None Front, Rear Standard Configuration
Lubrication Not Required
Mounting Double Clevis
Port Size [Note 1] PT1/8 PT1/4 PT3/8
[Note 1] PT and G threads are available.

Stroke Specifications

Bore Size (mm) Standard Stroke (mm) Max Stroke (mm)
25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80 50, 75, 100, 125, 150 150
Note: Contact the company for other special strokes.

Ordering Code

MCK A 50 x 75 S □ Y □
No. Item Code Description
① Series MCK: Welding Clamp Cylinder (Double Acting)
② Clevis Type A: Open Type A (Mounting holes parallel to pin)
B: Open Type B (Mounting holes perpendicular to pin)
③ Bore Size 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80 (mm)
④ Stroke Refer to Stroke Specs (e.g., 75, 100)
⑤ Magnet Blank: No Magnet
S: With Magnet [Note 1]
⑥ Cushion/Ports Blank: 3 ports each on Front/Rear covers. Front cover with rubber cushion; Rear cover with air cushion (adjustable).
E: 1 port each on Front/Rear covers (End face). Rear cover air cushion / Front cover no air cushion.
⑦ Accessory Blank: No Accessory
Y: With Y Joint (Has M6 screw hole)
YW: With Y Joint (No M6 screw hole)
⑧ Thread Blank: PT Thread
G: G Thread
[Note 1] In strong magnetic environments, anti-interference type sensors should be applied. Refer to P364 for selection.
  • Airtac MCK series: welding clamping cylinder - MCKB50X50 Airtac MCK series: welding clamping cylinder - MCKB50X50 - 2

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCKB50X50

    Specifications: MCKB50X50 — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 50 mm bore × 50 mm stroke, without built-in magnet, PT 1/4 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder B Type B clevis opening 50 50 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 50 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Front and rear pneumatic cushions Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports PT 1/4 Port quantity Three selectable port holes per cover Rod-end attachment No Y knuckle specified Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details A 215 mm (165 + stroke) AC 115 mm (65 + stroke) AE 22 mm C 80 mm D 137 mm (87 + stroke) E 57 mm M 60 mm PA 19 mm PB 9.5 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø20 mm; M16 × 1.5 Clevis opening 19.7 mm Clevis pin / overall width Ø12 / 54 mm Y knuckle order code MCKB50-Y fits MCKB40, MCKB50 and MCKB63 Y knuckle dimensions 54 mm wide × 60 mm high; Ø12 pin; 19.5 mm opening; M6 × 1.0 mounting holes, depth 11 mm on three faces for Y type Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 981.7 N Retraction 824.7 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This model has no S code and no built-in magnet. Magnetic position sensing requires a magnetic version; a sensor alone does not add a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 50 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 5.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V21008 / 5V22008 Example air-pilot valves 4A21008 / 4A22008 Example flow control / silencer PTL02 / BSL02 Example tube OD / ID 10 / 6.5 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder chamber port; no speed adjustment and separate valve P/A/B connection PTL1002A: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube OD; A-type meter-outOptional cylinder-port meter-out control instead of the straight fitting; coordinate with any built-in cylinder flow adjustment US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL01: PT1/8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are PT1/4. Use PC1002 for a straight connection or PTL1002A as a cylinder-port meter-out alternative, with restricted cylinder-to-valve exhaust and free charging. Use PC1002 separately at the selected PT1/4 valve P/A/B ports. Keep both cylinder chamber lines separate. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V21008 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V22008 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. The listed gray fittings and A-type controllers require exact 10 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tube and are rated 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check tube insertion and wrench clearance. Use the specified tapered PT thread sealing method without obstructing the air passage. Use BSL01 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/8), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL02 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m rolls are packaging alternatives, not installed lengths. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii are 25/20 mm respectively. Apply temperature derating and the common circuit limits; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 930 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 730 g fixed nonmagnetic body + 4 g/mm × 50 mm stroke. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $110.83

  • Airtac  DS1-69AM Series: Anti-interference sensor  - F-AQK50H

    Airtac F-AQK series: welding-cylinder sensor mounting holder - F-AQK50H

    Specifications: F-AQK50H — sensor mounting holder. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details F Accessory AQK50 AQK50 mounting holder H DS1-69AM anti-interference sensor holder Technical Specifications and Compatibility Parameter Details Product Sensor holder only Compatible sensor DS1-69AM Compatible cylinder AQK50 magnetic pin clamp cylinders Separate items Cylinder and sensor are ordered separately Mounting method Install in the AQK50 mounting groove, position the holder and tighten the stop screw; secure the sensor with its screw Key dimensions 20 × 22 mm face; 16.3 mm base projection; 8.5 mm thickness reference; 9 mm foot reference; 62.5° illustrated angle Installation Use the stated holder and a cylinder with a built-in magnet. Do not confuse the DS1-69AM switch with the DS1KP/KN inductive switch assembly used on JCK clamps. Position the sensor in the stable green-LED region, secure the mounting hardware, and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Account for surrounding magnetic fields and mechanical clearance. MCK uses F-MCK40H for this sensor; AQK50 uses F-AQK50H. The printed mounting examples do not establish universal fit to unrelated cylinder series. Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 11.9 g Weight basis Engineering mounting-bracket allowance: published face dimensions × assumed 2 mm metal thickness × 7.85 g/cm³, plus 5 g screw allowance. Thickness/material/fastener mass are estimation assumptions, not catalog product specifications. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 364; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

  • Airtac  DS1-69AM Series: Anti-interference sensor  - F-MCK40H

    Airtac F-MCK series: welding-cylinder sensor mounting holder - F-MCK40H

    Specifications: F-MCK40H — sensor mounting holder. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details F Accessory MCK40 MCK-family mounting holder H DS1-69AM anti-interference sensor holder Technical Specifications and Compatibility Parameter Details Product Sensor holder only Compatible sensor DS1-69AM Compatible cylinder Magnetic MCK welding clamp cylinders, as shown in the MCK mounting instruction Separate items Cylinder and sensor are ordered separately Mounting method Clamp the holder to the cylinder fixing strip / band; insert and secure the DS1-69AM sensor Key dimensions 20.1 mm holder length; 19.2 ±0.2 mm width; 10 mm hole pitch; 11.1 mm bracket reference Installation Use the stated holder and a cylinder with a built-in magnet. Do not confuse the DS1-69AM switch with the DS1KP/KN inductive switch assembly used on JCK clamps. Position the sensor in the stable green-LED region, secure the mounting hardware, and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Account for surrounding magnetic fields and mechanical clearance. MCK uses F-MCK40H for this sensor; AQK50 uses F-AQK50H. The printed mounting examples do not establish universal fit to unrelated cylinder series. Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 11.1 g Weight basis Engineering mounting-bracket allowance: published face dimensions × assumed 2 mm metal thickness × 7.85 g/cm³, plus 5 g screw allowance. Thickness/material/fastener mass are estimation assumptions, not catalog product specifications. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 364; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

  • Airtac DS1 series: welding-field-resistant magnetic position sensor - DS1-69AM

    Specifications: DS1-69AM — welding-field-resistant magnetic position sensor. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details DS1 Sensor series 69AM AC-welding-field-resistant type Technical Specifications and Compatibility Parameter Details Type Electronic contactless, normally open, two-wire nonpolar transistor sensor Compatible cylinders Magnetic MCK cylinders via F-MCK40H; AQK50 via F-AQK50H Supply 10–30 V DC Maximum current 100 mA Maximum contact capacity 3 W Minimum working current 3 mA Residual voltage 4.8 V max at 100 mA DC Leakage current 0.6 mA max at 30 V DC AC magnetic-field resistance 17,000 A, catalog welding-current rating Magnetic sensitivity 30–40 Gauss Maximum frequency 8 Hz Temperature −10 to 70°C Shock / vibration resistance 50 m/s² / 9 m/s² Protection IP67 (EN60529); UL94-V0 Circuit protection Nonpolar connection and surge absorption LED Green: stable detection; red: transition / unstable range Cable 3 m, Ø5.3 mm, 0.5 mm² × 2 cores; oil-, sunlight- and bending-resistant gray PVC Wiring Brown and blue leads in series with the load and DC supply, following the nonpolar two-wire diagram Body dimensions 29.8 × 18.4 × 9.6 mm Cable length tolerance 3000 ±30 mm; stripped end 45 ±3 mm; conductor exposure 10 ±1 mm Installation Use the stated holder and a cylinder with a built-in magnet. Do not confuse the DS1-69AM switch with the DS1KP/KN inductive switch assembly used on JCK clamps. Position the sensor in the stable green-LED region, secure the mounting hardware, and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Account for surrounding magnetic fields and mechanical clearance. MCK uses F-MCK40H for this sensor; AQK50 uses F-AQK50H. The printed mounting examples do not establish universal fit to unrelated cylinder series. Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 125.9 g Weight basis Engineering estimate: 29.8 × 18.4 × 9.6 mm sensor envelope at assumed effective density 2 g/cm³ plus a 3 m Ø5.3 mm two-core 0.5 mm² copper/PVC cable (8.96/1.4 g/cm³ assumed densities). Rounded reference only; catalog has no product mass. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 364; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X75SYW

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X75SYW

    Specifications: MCK80X75SYW — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 75 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, PT 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 75 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Front and rear pneumatic cushions Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports PT 3/8 Port quantity Three selectable port holes per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 278 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 159 / 199 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 141 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are PT3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3098.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 75 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $292.99

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCKB63X150

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCKB63X150

    Specifications: MCKB63X150 — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 63 mm bore × 150 mm stroke, without built-in magnet, PT 1/4 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder B Type B clevis opening 63 63 mm bore X150 150 mm stroke Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 150 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Front and rear pneumatic cushions Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports PT 1/4 Port quantity Three selectable port holes per cover Rod-end attachment No Y knuckle specified Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details A 317 mm (167 + stroke) AC 217 mm (67 + stroke) AE 23 mm C 87 mm D 239 mm (89 + stroke) E 70 mm M 74 mm PA 19 mm PB 9.5 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø20 mm; M16 × 1.5 Clevis opening 19.7 mm Clevis pin / overall width Ø12 / 54 mm Y knuckle order code MCKB50-Y fits MCKB40, MCKB50 and MCKB63 Y knuckle dimensions 54 mm wide × 60 mm high; Ø12 pin; 19.5 mm opening; M6 × 1.0 mounting holes, depth 11 mm on three faces for Y type Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 1558.6 N Retraction 1401.5 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This model has no S code and no built-in magnet. Magnetic position sensing requires a magnetic version; a sensor alone does not add a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 63 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 8.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V21008 / 5V22008 Example air-pilot valves 4A21008 / 4A22008 Example flow control / silencer PTL02 / BSL02 Example tube OD / ID 10 / 6.5 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder chamber port; no speed adjustment and separate valve P/A/B connection PTL1002A: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube OD; A-type meter-outOptional cylinder-port meter-out control instead of the straight fitting; coordinate with any built-in cylinder flow adjustment US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL01: PT1/8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female P/A/B; PT1/8 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are PT1/4. Use PC1002 for a straight connection or PTL1002A as a cylinder-port meter-out alternative, with restricted cylinder-to-valve exhaust and free charging. Use PC1002 separately at the selected PT1/4 valve P/A/B ports. Keep both cylinder chamber lines separate. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V21008 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V22008 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. The listed gray fittings and A-type controllers require exact 10 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tube and are rated 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check tube insertion and wrench clearance. Use the specified tapered PT thread sealing method without obstructing the air passage. Use BSL01 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/8), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL02 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m rolls are packaging alternatives, not installed lengths. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii are 25/20 mm respectively. Apply temperature derating and the common circuit limits; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 1655 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 1055 g fixed nonmagnetic body + 4 g/mm × 150 mm stroke. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $165.14

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X150SEYWG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X150SEYWG

    Specifications: MCK80X150SEYWG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 150 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X150 150 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 150 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 353 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 234 / 274 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 216 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3548.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 150 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $304.44

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X125SEYWG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X125SEYWG

    Specifications: MCK80X125SEYWG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 125 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X125 125 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 125 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 328 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 209 / 249 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 191 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3398.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 125 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $295.59

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X100SEYWG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X100SEYWG

    Specifications: MCK80X100SEYWG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 100 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 100 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 303 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 184 / 224 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 166 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3248.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 100 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $286.91

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X75SEYWG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X75SEYWG

    Specifications: MCK80X75SEYWG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 75 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 75 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 278 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 159 / 199 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 141 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3098.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 75 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $278.06

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X50SEYWG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X50SEYWG

    Specifications: MCK80X50SEYWG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 50 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 50 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 253 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 134 / 174 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 116 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 2948.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 50 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $269.34

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X150SEYG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X150SEYG

    Specifications: MCK80X150SEYG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 150 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X150 150 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 Y Y knuckle with M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 150 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment Y knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 353 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 234 / 274 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 216 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3548.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 150 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $304.44

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X125SEYG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X125SEYG

    Specifications: MCK80X125SEYG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 125 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X125 125 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 Y Y knuckle with M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 125 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment Y knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 328 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 209 / 249 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 191 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3398.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 125 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $295.59

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X100SEYG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X100SEYG

    Specifications: MCK80X100SEYG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 100 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 Y Y knuckle with M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 100 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment Y knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 303 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 184 / 224 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 166 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3248.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 100 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $286.91

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X75SEYG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X75SEYG

    Specifications: MCK80X75SEYG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 75 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 Y Y knuckle with M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 75 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment Y knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 278 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 159 / 199 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 141 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3098.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 75 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $278.06

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X50SEYG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X50SEYG

    Specifications: MCK80X50SEYG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 50 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 Y Y knuckle with M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 50 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment Y knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 253 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 134 / 174 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 116 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 2948.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 50 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $269.34

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X150SEG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X150SEG

    Specifications: MCK80X150SEG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 150 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X150 150 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 150 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment No Y knuckle specified Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 353 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 234 / 274 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 216 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3030 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 150 mm stroke. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $262.52

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X125SEG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X125SEG

    Specifications: MCK80X125SEG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 125 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X125 125 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 125 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment No Y knuckle specified Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 328 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 209 / 249 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 191 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 2880 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 125 mm stroke. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $253.67

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X100SEG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X100SEG

    Specifications: MCK80X100SEG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 100 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 100 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment No Y knuckle specified Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 303 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 184 / 224 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 166 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 2730 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 100 mm stroke. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $244.82

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X75SEG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X75SEG

    Specifications: MCK80X75SEG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 75 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 75 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment No Y knuckle specified Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 278 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 159 / 199 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 141 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 2580 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 75 mm stroke. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $236.11

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X50SEG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X50SEG

    Specifications: MCK80X50SEG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 50 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet E One port per cover; bumper-only for 25/32, rear-only pneumatic cushioning for 40/50/63/80 G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 50 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Rear pneumatic cushion; no front pneumatic cushion Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity One inlet/outlet hole per cover Rod-end attachment No Y knuckle specified Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 253 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 134 / 174 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 116 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 2430 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 50 mm stroke. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $227.28

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X150SYWG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X150SYWG

    Specifications: MCK80X150SYWG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 150 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X150 150 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 150 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Front and rear pneumatic cushions Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity Three selectable port holes per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 353 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 234 / 274 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 216 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3548.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 150 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $320.20

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X125SYWG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X125SYWG

    Specifications: MCK80X125SYWG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 125 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X125 125 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 125 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Front and rear pneumatic cushions Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity Three selectable port holes per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 328 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 209 / 249 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 191 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3398.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 125 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $311.21

  • Airtac  MCK series: welding clamping cylinder  - MCK80X100SYWG

    Airtac MCK series: welding clamp cylinder - MCK80X100SYWG

    Specifications: MCK80X100SYWG — MCK welding clamp cylinder, 80 mm bore × 100 mm stroke, with built-in magnet, G 3/8 ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Parameter Details MCK Double-acting welding clamp cylinder 80 80 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S Built-in ordinary magnet YW Y knuckle without M6 mounting holes G G-thread ports Technical Specifications Parameter Details Action Double acting Medium Compressed air filtered through 40 µm element Pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to 70°C Piston speed 50–500 mm/s Stroke 100 mm; standard strokes 50, 75, 100, 125 and 150 mm Maximum catalog stroke 150 mm Cushioning Front and rear pneumatic cushions Speed limiting No built-in flow limiter for 25/32; front and rear flow limiters for 40/50/63/80 Lubrication Not required Mounting Double clevis Air ports G 3/8 Port quantity Three selectable port holes per cover Rod-end attachment YW knuckle included by model code Current Model Dimensions Parameter Details Overall reference length 303 mm (203 + stroke) Tube / mounting reference lengths 184 / 224 mm Rod-end projection / clevis reference 50 / 59 mm Rod diameter / thread Ø25 mm; M20 × 1.5 Cylinder body diameter Ø93 mm Cover diameter Ø87 mm Clevis opening / pin 28 / Ø18 mm Body width / height 72 / 115.5 mm Y knuckle order code MCK80-Y, for MCK80 Y knuckle dimensions 72 mm width × 90 mm height; Ø18 pin; 28 mm opening Sensor mount position 166 mm (66 + stroke) for magnetic version Theoretical Force at 0.5 MPa Parameter Details Extension 2513.3 N Retraction 2267.8 N Basis Calculated from the current bore and rod diameters. Theoretical pneumatic force excludes friction and does not state fixture clamping force at a lever tip. Sensor and Accessory Selection This S model has a magnet. For the magnetic MCK version, DMSG or CMSG uses the F-MCK40G holder listed for MCK; order the sensor and holder separately. For an AC welding magnetic field, use DS1-69AM with F-MCK40H. The anti-interference holder is different from F-MCK40G for ordinary G-profile sensors. Use the current opening A/B and bore when selecting a replacement Y knuckle. MCK25/32 share the matching MCKA25-YW or MCKB25-YW; MCK40/50/63 share the matching MCKA50-Y or MCKB50-Y; MCK80 uses MCK80-Y. YW identifies the knuckle without M6 holes; Y identifies the version with M6 holes. Do not promise mounting holes on a YW version. Materials Parameter Details Piston rod S45C ground steel Dust scraper Stainless steel Rod and piston seals; O-rings NBR Bush, covers, tube and piston Aluminum alloy Wear ring Wear-resistant material Cushion seal TPU Circlips Spring steel Pin S45C steel Sliding bush Powder metallurgy Cover plate SPCC Cotter pin Mild steel Y knuckle Ductile iron / low-carbon steel Features Designed for welding fixture service; stainless-steel scraper at the front cover helps resist dust and welding spatter. The 40/50/63/80 designs provide built-in cushion and speed adjustments according to the E or standard configuration. The small 25/32 designs use the separately listed bumper-cushioned configuration. Installation and Selection Size the actuator for the actual force, load, cycle time and supply pressure. The cylinder-selection guidance in the 2022 catalog, printed execution pages 10–13 and 418–431, also requires checking speed, tubing, valve flow, load direction and cushioning. Flush the piping before connecting it. Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm element; prevent condensate from freezing at low temperatures. Protect ports and exposed metal during storage. Use suitable flow controls to set speed and verify the complete operating cycle. Do not apply unintended side load or impact to the rod, pin or clamping arm. Dimensions and weight apply to the specified configuration. The catalog weight tables are reference values; confirm the actual supplied assembly and accessories when determining final shipping weight. Air Circuit Sizing Reference The general catalog selection table gives a 80 mm bore example at a theoretical 500 mm/s. This is a circuit-sizing example, not a rated clamp speed or a statement that these parts are supplied. Parameter Details Required effective flow area 13.1 mm² Example solenoid valves 5V31010 / 5V32010 Example air-pilot valves 4A31010 / 4A32010 Example flow control / silencer PTL03 / BSL03 Example tube OD / ID 16 / 11 mm Application check Match valve flow, fittings, actual cylinder port thread, line length, load and the required controlled clamp speed before selecting the complete circuit. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile sensors are optional alternatives for the built-in piston magnet of this MCK S configuration, outside strong welding magnetic fields. Use the separately ordered F-MCK40G holder; the sensor does not mount directly in the cylinder body. Match the output and cable to the installation. These options are not a required set and are not included merely because the cylinder has an S code. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of cylinder bore or stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The MCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Fit the G-profile sensor into the F-MCK40G holder and secure the sensor screw. Fit the holder on the MCK fixing strip, move it to the required position close to the cylinder tube and tighten the M5 hex-socket set screws to 1.2–1.3 N·m. For the small sensor screw, the sensor guide recommends 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; do not apply the holder-screw torque to that screw. Set detection at the actuation-range centre and check both end positions through a complete cycle. Prevent mechanical damage and interference with adjacent parts. Keep cables free of strain, observe bend-radius guidance and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional complete connection and control order codes These separately ordered options supplement the retained air-circuit sizing reference; they are not supplied as a complete connection kit. The 500 mm/s reference is a theoretical sizing example. Verify valve flow, tubing length, pressure loss, fixture load and the required controlled clamping cycle before selection. US98A160110100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to the installed length BSL02: PT1/4 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°CSilencer at the selected valve exhaust R/S only; never at cylinder work ports 5V31010A050, 5V31010A200, 5V32010A050, 5V32010A200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable220 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010B050, 5V31010B200, 5V32010B050, 5V32010B200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010C050, 5V31010C200, 5V32010C050, 5V32010C200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable110 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010E050, 5V31010E200, 5V32010E050, 5V32010E200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable24 V AC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction 5V31010F050, 5V31010F200, 5V32010F050, 5V32010F200: PT3/8 female P/A/B; PT1/4 female R/S; terminal cable12 V DC 5/2 direction control for extension and retraction The cylinder working ports are G3/8; the selected valve P/A/B ports are PT3/8. A complete connector or flow-controller order code for the retained 16 mm OD tubing is not established here. Select connections for each actual thread and exact 16 mm tube, then verify the whole flow path. Do not insert 16 mm tube into a smaller socket or substitute a smaller tube merely to fit a listed connector. The 40/50/63/80 mm MCK designs include front and rear speed-flow adjustments. Standard configurations have front and rear pneumatic cushions; E configurations retain only the rear pneumatic cushion. Coordinate any additional external flow control with the actual cylinder settings, load and cycle rather than assuming every controller is required. 5V31010 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V32010 is double-solenoid with memory. Both are 5/2 valves for this double-acting cylinder. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC tolerance is ±10% at 1.6 W. Choose the required voltage and control action; valve memory does not provide a mechanical fixture lock. The selected valve branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit and tube temperature derating. The MCK body remains rated 0.15–1.0 MPa and 50–500 mm/s; these component choices do not guarantee a particular loaded cylinder speed or fixture clamping force. G cylinder ports and the selected PT valve ports are different thread systems. Select any necessary external meter-out controls separately and coordinate them with the cylinder’s built-in speed adjustments. No 16 mm connector, controller or thread-adapter fit is certified by this list. Use BSL02 at the selected valve exhaust R/S (PT1/4), never at the cylinder working ports. Keep the two exhaust paths open; each required exhaust connection is selected separately. The retained BSL03 sizing-reference silencer has a different thread and is not a direct fit to these exhaust ports. Silencer ratings are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. US98A160110100MBU is a blue 100 m packaging example, not installed length: polyester polyurethane, 16 mm OD × 11 mm ID, 1 MPa at 23°C, −20 to +70°C and minimum bend radius 80 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest circuit limit. The 16 mm work-line connectors remain subject to separate verification.Weight and Source Notes Parameter Details Reference weight 3248.5 g Weight basis 2022 execution p430 formula: 2130 g fixed magnetic body + 6 g/mm × 100 mm stroke + 518.5 g A-opening Y-knuckle reference. Catalog reference weight; no separate allowance is listed for E, G or Y versus YW machining. Technical source AirTAC 2022 Chinese comprehensive catalog, execution printed pages 360–364, 408, 430; checked against the product PDF download above. Actual supplied mass Reference value only; actual weight is determined by the supplied product, not an individually weighed or packed shipping mass.

    $302.11


You have seen 24 out of 1003 products

Footer image

© 2026 Airtac, Powered by Shopify

  • US (USD $) US (USD $)
  • Ach Direct Debit
  • Amazon
  • American Express
  • Apple Pay
  • Bizum
  • Diners Club
  • Discover
  • Google Pay
  • Mastercard
  • MB WAY
  • PayPal
  • Satispay
  • Shop Pay
  • USDC
  • Visa